Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic System
        • Auto A/C Service Specifications
        • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
      • Manual System
        • Manual A/C Service Specifications
        • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
    • Axle Flange Nut
      • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
        • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
    • Battery
      • General Service
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
        • Brake Bleeding Service Specifications
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
        • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
      • Drum Brakes
        • Drum Brake Service Specifications
        • Drum Brake Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • General Service
        • Drive Belt Adjustment Specifications
        • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • General Service
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • 2.2L (L61)
        • Compression Specifications
        • Oil Pressure Specifications
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • 3.0L (L81)
        • Compression Specifications
        • Oil Pressure Specifications
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
    • Fluid Specifications
      • Notes
      • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
        • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
        • Fuel Filter Location
        • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
    • Ignition
      • High Tension Wire Resistance
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Firing Order Specification
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Service Specifications
    • Starting
      • Starter Motor
        • Starter Service Applications
        • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Tightening Specifications
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut
        • Torque Specifications
        • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T40-E/4T45-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock Control DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.0L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transmission, Manual (Mu3) DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block -I/P- Left - Label
          • Fuse Block -I/P-Left - Top View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Top View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor Connector End View - Rear (Wagon)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L (L81))
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (2.2L), Wiring Harness Side
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Back Up Lamp Switch Connector End View (M/T)
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Dimmer/ Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Sedan)
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Reading Lamps Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C1
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Key Cylinder Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Release Actuator Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuators Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switches Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear Console
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View - Front Console
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Cruise Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Early Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C201 Body Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/ UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/ C68)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/o C68)
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 I/P Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP103
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP104
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP105
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP120
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP191
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP300
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP464
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C1
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C2
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (2.2L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (3.0L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C5
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C6
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C7
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Right C2
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EOP Switch Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • ICM Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (2 Of 2)
        • Secondary AIR Solenoid Connector End View
        • Secondary AIR Pump Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (2.2L)
        • ECM Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Signal Conditioner Module Connector End View (W/O ABS)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block -I/P- Left - Label
          • Fuse Block -I/P-Left - Top View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Top View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128: Open In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133: Open In Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138: Open In The Door Lock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In The Door Lock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Front Door Striker
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan /Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Programming RKE Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Security System Sensor Data Incorrect But Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632: Theft Deterrent Fuel Disable Signal Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON/START) Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1382: Device Ignition ACC Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • Passlock Learn Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • A/C Request
            • Automatic Climate Control
            • Standard HVAC
          • Anti-Lockout
          • Audible Warnings
            • Notes
            • Key in Ignition Audible Chime
            • Lights On Audible Chime
            • Occupant Restraint Audible Chime
            • Park Brake Audible Chime
            • Telltale Chimes
            • Automatic Lighting Control (ALC)
          • Battery Rundown Protection
          • BCM Replacement
          • BTSI Solenoid
          • CAN/Class 2 Communications
          • Coolant Level
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Decklid/Liftgate Release
          • Delayed Locking
          • Device Power
          • Display Dimming
          • Dome/Rear Reading Lamps
          • Door Locking/Unlocking
          • ECU Malfunction
          • Electric Rear Defogger
          • Front Washer Motor
          • Front Wiper Control
          • Fuel Level
          • Grounding
          • Horn
          • Instrument Panel Lights/Gauges
          • Intermittent Wiper Delay
          • Key-In-Ignition
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Low Brake Fluid
          • Notification Feature
          • Odometer
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Option Configuration
          • Park Brake
          • Park Lamp Switch
          • Power Mode
          • Rear Washer Motor
          • Rear Wiper Control
          • Security System
          • Traction Control System Off Indicator
    • Data Link Communications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (2.2L)
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (3.0L)
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000: Class 2 Data Link Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 To U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301 Or U1305: Class 2 Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2100: CAN Bus Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC U2102 Or U2103: Controller Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U2104: Controller Area Network (CAN) Bus Reset Counter Overrun
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC U2105, U2106, U2107, U2108: Lost Communications
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Keyword Data Line
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Class 2 Data Line
          • Controller Area Network (CAN)
          • Keyword 2000 Data Line
    • Programming
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
      • Description and Operation
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Description
          • Notes
          • Before Programming a Control Module
          • After Programming a Control Module
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics (2.2L)
      • Cruise Control Schematics (3.0L)
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control (L81)
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control (L61)
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List (L81)
      • Scan Tool Data List (L61)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (L81)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (L61)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0571
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (L81)
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (L61)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Adjustment (L61/L81)
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement (L61/L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement (L61/L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Release Switch Adjustment
      • Cruise Release Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (L81)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (L61)
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In The Drain Wire Circuit Or A Short To Voltage In The Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: VCIM does not detect the presence of a cellular antenna
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: A Button Is Pressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: VCIM Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/o U67)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/ U67)
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • On Board Diagnostics
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Test Tape/Tape Cleaner
          • Bass Frequency Test
          • Midrange Frequency Test
          • High Frequency Test
          • Full Range Test
          • Speaker Buzz and Rattle Test
          • Tape Motor Speed Test
          • Cassette Tape Player Cleaning
          • Noise Diagnostics
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO WBM
        • Speakers Inoperative - Subwoofer
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Audio Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio/Video Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console - VES Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
            • Test Tone Mode
            • LCD Display Segment Mode
            • Key Test Mode
            • Equalization Setting Mode (UP0 and UB2 ONLY)
            • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
            • Activating Theft Deterrent
            • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in SEC (ARMED) MODE
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - MODE (CODE KNOWN)
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - Mode (Code Unknown)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment
            • DVD Player
            • Roof Console
            • Radio
            • OnStar®
            • Audio Video Interface (AVI) Module
            • Headphones
            • Remote Control
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Control Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Headlamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Park Lamp Control Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Park Lamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622: Display Dimming PWM Input Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623: Display Dimming PWM Input Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628: Display Dimming PWM Output Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662: Park Lamp Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0504: Brake Switch Circuit 1 - 2 Correlation
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965: Key in Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3538: Oil Life Reset Switch Circuit Low
        • DTC P0462 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Instrument Cluster
          • Body Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module
          • Speedometer and Tachometer
          • Odometer
          • Fuel Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • High Beam
          • Safety Belt Reminder
          • Air Bag Readiness
          • Service (Wrench) System Check
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
          • Low Fuel
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
          • Low Coolant Warning
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Traction
          • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
          • Brake System Warning
          • Charging System
          • Reduced Power
          • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
          • Washer Fluid Low
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Security
          • Shift Up
          • Left Turn Signal
          • Right Turn Signal
          • Instrument Cluster Illumination
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Control Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Headlamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Park Lamp Control Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Park Lamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622: Display Dimming PWM Input Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623: Display Dimming PWM Input Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628: Display Dimming PWM Output Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662: Park Lamp Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0504: Brake Switch Circuit 1 - 2 Correlation
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Mirror System, Window System & Rear Window Defogger
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285: Open Or Short To Ground In The Rear Defog Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286: Short To Battery Voltage In The Rear Defog Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Horns Schematic Icons
      • Horns Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2753: Horn Relay Coil Circuit High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittents
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In The Drain Wire Circuit Or A Short To Voltage In The Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: VCIM does not detect the presence of a cellular antenna
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: A Button Is Pressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: VCIM Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/o U67)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (w/ U67)
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • On Board Diagnostics
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Test Tape/Tape Cleaner
          • Bass Frequency Test
          • Midrange Frequency Test
          • High Frequency Test
          • Full Range Test
          • Speaker Buzz and Rattle Test
          • Tape Motor Speed Test
          • Cassette Tape Player Cleaning
          • Noise Diagnostics
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO WBM
        • Speakers Inoperative - Subwoofer
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Audio Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio/Video Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console - VES Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
            • Test Tone Mode
            • LCD Display Segment Mode
            • Key Test Mode
            • Equalization Setting Mode (UP0 and UB2 ONLY)
            • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
            • Activating Theft Deterrent
            • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in SEC (ARMED) MODE
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - MODE (CODE KNOWN)
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - Mode (Code Unknown)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment
            • DVD Player
            • Roof Console
            • Radio
            • OnStar®
            • Audio Video Interface (AVI) Module
            • Headphones
            • Remote Control
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965: Key in Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3538: Oil Life Reset Switch Circuit Low
        • DTC P0462 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Instrument Cluster
          • Body Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module
          • Speedometer and Tachometer
          • Odometer
          • Fuel Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • High Beam
          • Safety Belt Reminder
          • Air Bag Readiness
          • Service (Wrench) System Check
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
          • Low Fuel
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
          • Low Coolant Warning
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Traction
          • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
          • Brake System Warning
          • Charging System
          • Reduced Power
          • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
          • Washer Fluid Low
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Security
          • Shift Up
          • Left Turn Signal
          • Right Turn Signal
          • Instrument Cluster Illumination
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cargo Area Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Side Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carpet Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mat/Carpet Replacement - Rear Wheelhouse
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Closeout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Control Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Headlamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Park Lamp Control Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Park Lamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Daytime Running Lamp Control 1 Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622: Display Dimming PWM Input Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623: Display Dimming PWM Input Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628: Display Dimming PWM Output Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662: Park Lamp Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0504: Brake Switch Circuit 1 - 2 Correlation
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features With Tech 2
            • Enter Programming
            • Setting Options
            • Pre-alarm Option
            • CTD Operation
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Fob Feedback
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128: Open In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133: Open In Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138: Open In The Door Lock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In The Door Lock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Front Door Striker
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan /Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
  • Seats
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Power Seats Schematics
      • Heated Seats Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Power Seat Systems Component Views
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
      • Symptoms - Seats
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Seat Inoperative
      • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
      • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Inner)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Outer)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/ Drawstring)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/ J-Strip)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (w/ Drawstring)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (w/ J-Strip)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear Folding
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Seats System Description and Operation
      • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128: Open In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133: Open In Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138: Open In The Door Lock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In The Door Lock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Front Door Striker
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan /Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Mirror System, Window System & Rear Window Defogger
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285: Open Or Short To Ground In The Rear Defog Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286: Short To Battery Voltage In The Rear Defog Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Wiper/Washer
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3702: Intermittent Wiper Delay Input Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3703: Intermittent Wiper Delay Input Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3708: Front Washer Motor Input Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3713: Rear Washer Motor Input Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3715, B3716, B3717, B3718, or B3719: Front Wiper Relay Drive Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3722: Rear Wiper Relay Drive Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3723: Rear Wiper Relay Drive Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump/Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Rear Window - Washer Nozzle (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Rear Window - Washer Nozzle (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Rear Window - Washer Nozzle (Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • High Operation - Front Wipers Only
          • Intermittent Operation - Front and Rear Wipers
          • Low Operation - Front Wipers Only
          • Mist Operation - Front Wipers Only
          • Park Position Operation
          • Wash Operation - Front and Rear Wipers
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128: Open In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133: Open In Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138: Open In The Door Lock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In The Door Lock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Front Door Striker
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan /Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Programming RKE Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Security System Sensor Data Incorrect But Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632: Theft Deterrent Fuel Disable Signal Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Windnoise Condition
          • Analyzing Windnoise
          • The Road Test
            • Notes
            • Visual Inspection
            • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
            • Air Pressure Test
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement - Primary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement - Secondary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Bracket Replacement - Upper Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Reinforcement Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Dash Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3267
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3268
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative (w/ Remote Keyless Entry)
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pullstrap Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedures
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Luggage Compartment
    • Bumpers
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Rear Bumper Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
          • Notes
          • Generalized Testing
          • Watertest Stand Specifications
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965: Key in Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3538: Oil Life Reset Switch Circuit Low
        • DTC P0462 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Instrument Cluster
          • Body Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module
          • Speedometer and Tachometer
          • Odometer
          • Fuel Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • High Beam
          • Safety Belt Reminder
          • Air Bag Readiness
          • Service (Wrench) System Check
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
          • Low Fuel
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
          • Low Coolant Warning
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Traction
          • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
          • Brake System Warning
          • Charging System
          • Reduced Power
          • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
          • Washer Fluid Low
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Security
          • Shift Up
          • Left Turn Signal
          • Right Turn Signal
          • Instrument Cluster Illumination
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cargo Area Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Side Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carpet Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mat/Carpet Replacement - Rear Wheelhouse
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Closeout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement (Outer)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement (Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128: Open In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133: Open In Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138: Open In The Door Lock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In The Door Lock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Front Door Striker
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan /Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
  • Seats
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Power Seats Schematics
      • Heated Seats Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Power Seat Systems Component Views
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
      • Symptoms - Seats
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Seat Inoperative
      • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
      • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Inner)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Outer)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/ Drawstring)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/ J-Strip)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (w/ Drawstring)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (w/ J-Strip)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear Folding
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Seats System Description and Operation
      • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Power Sunroof Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Power Roof Systems Component Views
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
      • Symptoms - Roof
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Sunroof Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
      • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
        • Drain Hose Routing
        • Plugged Drain Hose
        • Disconnected Drain Hose
      • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Window Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Motor Synchronization
      • Sunroof Drive Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Sunroof Description and Operation
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128: Open In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Driver Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133: Open In Door Unlock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In Door Unlock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138: Open In The Door Lock Relay Control, Or Short To Ground In The Door Lock Relay Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Front Door Striker
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan /Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Mirror System, Window System & Rear Window Defogger
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285: Open Or Short To Ground In The Rear Defog Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286: Short To Battery Voltage In The Rear Defog Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0827
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Parameters
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC B0827
        • DTC B0828
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Parameters
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC B0828
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0110
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0121
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0141-C0156
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0161
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0161
        • DTC C0236
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0551
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Valve Assembly (BPMV)
          • ABS Control Module (EBTCM)
          • ABS Operation
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes & Drum Brakes
      • Description & Operation
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Notes
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Manual Bleeding
        • Pressure Bleeding
      • Adjustments
        • Brake Drum
        • Brake Pedal Height
        • Parking Brake
          • Notes
          • Drum Brakes
          • Disc Brakes
        • Stoplight Switch
      • Testing
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Front Disc Brake Pads
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Disc Caliper
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Brake Rotor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Brake Caliper
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Brake Rotor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Brake Drums
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Drum Brake Shoes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Parking Brake Shoes (Rear Disc Brakes)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wheel Cylinders (Drum Brakes)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Booster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Proportioning Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Drum Brake Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0827
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Parameters
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC B0827
        • DTC B0828
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Parameters
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC B0828
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0110
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0121
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0141-C0156
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0161
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0161
        • DTC C0236
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0551
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Valve Assembly (BPMV)
          • ABS Control Module (EBTCM)
          • ABS Operation
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Tools Required
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Pcm/ECM Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 2.2L
        • 3.0L
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor Connector End View - Rear (Wagon)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L (L81))
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (2.2L), Wiring Harness Side
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Back Up Lamp Switch Connector End View (M/T)
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Dimmer/ Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Sedan)
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Reading Lamps Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C1
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Key Cylinder Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Release Actuator Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuators Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switches Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear Console
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View - Front Console
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Cruise Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Early Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C201 Body Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/ UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/ C68)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/o C68)
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 I/P Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP103
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP104
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP105
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP120
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP191
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP300
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP464
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C1
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C2
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (2.2L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (3.0L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C5
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C6
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C7
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Right C2
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EOP Switch Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • ICM Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (2 Of 2)
        • Secondary AIR Solenoid Connector End View
        • Secondary AIR Pump Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (2.2L)
        • ECM Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Signal Conditioner Module Connector End View (W/O ABS)
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block -I/P- Left - Label
          • Fuse Block -I/P-Left - Top View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Top View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System & Starting System
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Belt Tension
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • System Operation Check
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B1327: Battery/Source Voltage - Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC B1328: Battery/Source Voltage - High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage - Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage - High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0621: Generator Light L-Terminal Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P2500: ECM/Pcm Detects A Low Signal Voltage On The Generator Turn On Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P2501: ECM/Pcm Detects A High Signal Voltage On The Generator Turn On Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken For Setting DTC
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Test B: Charge Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Test C: Charge Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Test D: Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Battery Testing & Inspection
        • Battery Specifications
      • Bench Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Generator
          • Removal (2.2L Engine)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.0L Engine)
      • Overhaul
      • Generator Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • 2.2L
        • 3.0L
  • Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block -I/P- Left - Label
          • Fuse Block -I/P-Left - Top View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Top View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Left Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Right Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Gauges
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965: Key in Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3538: Oil Life Reset Switch Circuit Low
        • DTC P0462 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L61): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Instrument Cluster
          • Body Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module
          • Speedometer and Tachometer
          • Odometer
          • Fuel Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • High Beam
          • Safety Belt Reminder
          • Air Bag Readiness
          • Service (Wrench) System Check
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
          • Low Fuel
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
          • Low Coolant Warning
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Traction
          • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
          • Brake System Warning
          • Charging System
          • Reduced Power
          • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
          • Washer Fluid Low
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Security
          • Shift Up
          • Left Turn Signal
          • Right Turn Signal
          • Instrument Cluster Illumination
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Horns Schematic Icons
      • Horns Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2753: Horn Relay Coil Circuit High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittents
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Tools Required
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Pcm/ECM Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 2.2L
        • 3.0L
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor Connector End View - Rear (Wagon)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L (L81))
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (2.2L), Wiring Harness Side
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Back Up Lamp Switch Connector End View (M/T)
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Dimmer/ Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Sedan)
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Reading Lamps Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C1
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Key Cylinder Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Release Actuator Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuators Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switches Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear Console
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View - Front Console
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Cruise Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Early Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C201 Body Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/ UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/ C68)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/o C68)
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 I/P Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP103
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP104
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP105
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP120
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP191
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP300
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP464
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C1
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C2
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (2.2L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (3.0L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C5
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C6
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C7
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Right C2
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EOP Switch Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • ICM Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (2 Of 2)
        • Secondary AIR Solenoid Connector End View
        • Secondary AIR Pump Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (2.2L)
        • ECM Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Signal Conditioner Module Connector End View (W/O ABS)
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block -I/P- Left - Label
          • Fuse Block -I/P-Left - Top View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Top View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starters
    • Description & Operation
      • Starting System
      • Circuit Description
        • 2003
        • 2004
    • Component Locations
    • Adjustments
      • Park-Neutral Position Switch (A/T)
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
    • Self-Diagnostic System
      • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
    • System Tests
      • Notes
      • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • 2003
        • 2004
      • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
      • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Test D: Starter Motor Noisy
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Procedure
    • Bench Testing
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Starter
        • Notes
        • 4-Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • V6
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
    • Overhaul
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
    • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Wiper Motor Connector End View - Rear (Wagon)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View C2
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L (L81))
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (2.2L), Wiring Harness Side
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Back Up Lamp Switch Connector End View (M/T)
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Dimmer/ Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left - Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right - Low Beam
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Sedan)
        • License Lamps Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Reading Lamps Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C1
        • Cruise Clutch Switch Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Key Cylinder Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Liftgate Release Actuator Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuators Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switches Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear Console
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View - Front Console
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Cruise Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Early Production)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L Late Production)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C201 Body Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/ UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/ C68)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View (w/o C68)
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 I/P Harness to Audio Amplifier Harness Connector End View
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP103
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP104
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP105
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP120
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP191
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP300
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP464
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C1
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C2
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (2.2L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View - C4 (3.0L)
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C5
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C6
        • Underhood Fuse Block Connector End View C7
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Left C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P - Right C2
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EOP Switch Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • ICM Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (Blue) (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - A/T (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (Black) - M/T (2 Of 2)
        • Secondary AIR Solenoid Connector End View
        • Secondary AIR Pump Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (2.2L)
        • ECM Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Signal Conditioner Module Connector End View (W/O ABS)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block -I/P- Left - Label
          • Fuse Block -I/P-Left - Top View
            • Notes
            • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P- Right Top View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Electric Cooling Fans
    • Description & Operation
      • Notes
      • Cooling Fan Control
      • Cooling Fan Logic
        • Notes
        • 2.2L 4-Cylinder
          • Low Speed
          • Medium Speed
          • High Speed
        • 3.0L V6
          • Low Speed
          • Medium Speed
          • High Speed
    • Component Locations
    • Programming
      • Notes
      • Engine Control Module
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
      • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
    • Self-Diagnostic System
      • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B0936
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Condition For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Procedure
        • DTC P0480 Or P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Procedure
    • System Tests
      • Cooling Fan Always On
      • Cooling Fan Inoperative
    • Removal & Installation
      • Cooling Fans
        • Puller Fan
          • Notes
          • 4-Cylinder
            • Removal
            • Installation
          • V6
            • Notes
            • Removal
            • Installation
        • Pusher Fan
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Cooling Fan Control Module
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Surge Tank
        • Removal
        • Installation
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
      • 2003
      • 2004
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0936
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Coolant Level
          • Coolant Quality
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Coolant System Flushing
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L81)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (Pusher Fan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Cooling Fan Logic
          • L61
          • L81
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Engine Coolant Temperature
            • Low Engine Coolant Level
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
            • Notes
            • Cooling System
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (In Vehicle - L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (Rear - L81)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (Front - L81)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (Automatic Transmission - L61)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (Manual Transmission - L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Resonator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Body Panel
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Fuel Tank Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Pipe Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Clamps
        • Exhaust Manifold Pipe
        • Exhaust Manifold/Heated Oxygen (O2) Sensor - L61
        • Exhaust Manifold/Heated Oxygen (O2) Sensor - L81
        • Exhaust System Production Installation - L61
        • Exhaust System Production Installation - L81
        • Exhaust System
        • Exhaust/Resonator Pipe
        • Three Way Catalytic Converter
        • Front Oxygen Sensor (O2S) - L61
        • Rear Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S-2) - L61
        • HO2S Sensor 1 - L81
        • HO2S Sensor 2 - L81
        • Hangers And Isolators
        • Muffler
        • Shields
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Maintenance Schedule Intervals
          • Footnotes
          • Engine Oil Scheduled Maintenance
          • Axle Boots, Suspension Bushings and Ball Joint Seal Inspection
          • Scheduled Maintenance
            • 10 000 km (6,000 mi)
            • 20 000 km (12,000 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
            • 40 000 km (24,000 mi)
            • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 80 000 km (48,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
            • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
            • 140 000 km (84,000 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 160 000 km (96,000 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 170 000 km (102,000 mi)
            • 175 000 km (105,000 mi)
            • 180 000 km (108,000 mi)
            • 190 000 km (114,000 mi)
            • 200 000 km (120,000 mi)
            • 210 000 km (126,000 mi)
            • 220 000 km (132,000 mi)
            • 225 000 km (135,000 mi)
            • 230 000 km (138,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (144,000 mi)
            • 250 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Draining and Refilling Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
            • 2.2L Four Cylinder, L61 Engine
            • 3.0L V6 L81 Engine
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and Replacement
          • Automatic Transaxle Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator Operation
          • Horn Operation
          • Brake System Operation
          • Restraint System Operation
          • Exhaust System Operation
          • Tire and Wheel Operation
          • Steering System Operation
          • Headlight Aim Adjustment
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level and Conditions
            • Fluid Level Checks
          • Tire Inspection
          • Hood Latch Operation
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Lamp Operation Check
            • Fluid Leak Check
            • Cassette Tape Player Care
          • Inspections to Complete After the Oil and Filter Have Been Changed
            • Notes
            • Brake System Inspection
            • Throttle Linkage Inspection
            • Transaxle Inspection
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Anti-Lock Brakes
            • Clutch System Service
            • Restraint System Check
            • Body Lubrication
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Movable Head Restraint Operation
            • Seatback Latch and Recliner Operation
            • Spare Tire and Jack Storage
            • Weatherstrip Lubrication
            • Key Lock Service
            • Brake Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI)
            • Wiper Blade Refill Kit
              • Notes
              • Starter Safety Switch Operation
              • Steering Column Lock Operation
            • Parking Brake and Transaxle Park
            • Underbody Cleaning
            • Underhood Cleaning
            • Engine Cooling System Inspection
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection
  • Engine Mechanical
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Back View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Lower Crankcase - Front View
        • Lower Crankcase - Back View
        • Lower Crankcase - Bottom View
        • Lower Crankcase - Left View
        • Lower Crankcase - Right View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Front View
        • Cylinder Head - Back View
        • Cylinder Head - Bottom View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Drive Belt and Tensioner Complaint/Condition Chart
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Oil Consumption Test Procedure
        • Valve Train Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Speed Sensitive Vibration Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Functional Test
        • Functional Check of the Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Theory of Operation
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Total Mount (W/Automatic Transaxle)
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Total Mount (W/Manual Transaxle)
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Lower Mount (W/Automatic Transaxle)
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Lower Mount (W/Manual Transaxle)
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement (With Oil Pump Assembly)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, and/or Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Balance Shaft Drive Train Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement (Manual Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement (Automatic Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
      • Off Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Engine Mount and Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Crankshaft Damper Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Removal
        • Timing Chain and Tensioner Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Balance Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Water Pump Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pan Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Lower Crankcase Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Honing
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Connecting Rod Measurement
          • Piston Measurement
          • Piston Selection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Valve Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cylinder Head and Gasket Surface Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair - Main Cap Bolt Hole
          • Thread Repair Kit
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Installation Procedure
          • Bearing Selection
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Installation
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Balance Shaft Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Timing Balance Shafts to Engine
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Install
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, Tensioner Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Crankshaft Damper Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Engine Component Description
        • Cylinder Block
        • Crankshaft
        • Connecting Rod and Piston
        • Oil Pan
        • Balance Shaft Assembly
        • Cylinder Head
        • Valves
        • Camshaft
        • Valve Lifters
        • Camshaft Cover
        • Camshaft Drive
        • Intake and Exhaust Manifold
      • Lubrication Description
        • Engine Oil
        • What is Engine Oil Supposed to Do?
          • It Should Lubricate
          • It Should Cool
          • It Should Seal
          • It Should Keep the Engine Clean
          • It Should Make Starting Easier
          • It Should Prevent Rust and Corrosion
        • Additives
        • Most Commonly Used Additives
          • Anti-wear Agents
          • Detergent-Dispersants
          • Oxidation Inhibitors
          • Rust and Corrosion Inhibitors
          • V.I. Improvers
          • Foam Inhibitors
          • Pour Point Depressants
          • Friction Modifiers
        • Oil Container Labels
          • Notes
          • Multi-Grade Oils
        • Oil Can Save You Gas
        • Synthetic Oils
        • Viscosity
          • Notes
          • Single-Grade Oils
        • Oil Filter
        • Lubrication System
        • Oil Flow
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
        • Separating Parts
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starters
    • Description & Operation
      • Starting System
      • Circuit Description
        • 2003
        • 2004
    • Component Locations
    • Adjustments
      • Park-Neutral Position Switch (A/T)
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
    • Self-Diagnostic System
      • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
    • System Tests
      • Notes
      • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • 2003
        • 2004
      • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
      • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Test D: Starter Motor Noisy
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Procedure
    • Bench Testing
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Starter
        • Notes
        • 4-Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • V6
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
    • Overhaul
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
    • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Control System - On-Vehicle Adjustments
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Notes
      • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Notes
      • Idle Speed (4-Cylinder)
        • 1.8L (Vibe)
        • 2.2L (L200 & LW200)
        • 2.2L (Alero, Cavalier, Grand Am, Ion & Sunfire), & 2.4L (Cavalier & Sunfire)
      • Idle Speed (V6)
        • 3.0L (L300 & LW300)
        • 3.1L (Century, Malibu & Grand Prix), 3.4L (Alero & Grand Am) & 3.8L (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • 3.2L (Cts)
        • 3.4L (Impala & Monte Carlo) & 3.8L (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
      • Idle Speed (V8)
        • 4.0L (Aurora) & 4.6L (DeVille & Seville)
        • 5.7L (Corvette)
      • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Notes
        • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure (4.6L - Deville & Seville)
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Notes
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Engine Id & VIN Derivative Locations
          • 1.8L
          • 2.2L
          • 3.0L
          • 3.1L
          • 3.2L (La3)
          • 3.4L
          • 3.8L
          • 4.0L (L47 - V8)
          • 4.6L
          • 5.7L
        • VIN Derivatives
        • Vehicle Certification Label
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Pcm/ECM Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 2.2L
        • 3.0L
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls - Removal & Installation
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Intake Manifold Runner (3.0L)
          • Removal (Bank 1)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Bank 2)
        • Intake Plenum (3.0L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Body
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.0L)
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure (2.2L)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Engine Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.0L)
          • Installation
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
        • Wheel Speed Signal Conditioner Module
          • Removal & Installation
      • Programming
        • Engine Control Module
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Auto Learn Method
          • Saturn Service Stall Method
        • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure (3.0L)
        • Pcm Reprogramming (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn Procedure (2.2L)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Auto Learn Method
          • Saturn Service Stall Method
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • A/C Pressure Sensor (2.2L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.0L)
        • EGR Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch
          • Removal & Installation (2.2L)
          • Removal & Installation (3.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal (HO2S 1 - 2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (HO2S 2 - 2.2L)
          • Removal (HO2S Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 1 - 3.0L)
          • Removal (HO2S Bank 1 & 2, Sensor 2 - 3.0L)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (2.2L)
          • Removal & Installation (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (2.2L)
          • Removal (Knock Sensor 1 - 3.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Knock Sensor 2 - 3.0L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.0L)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor (3.0L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (3.0L)
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • Notes
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.0L)
        • Idle Air Control Valve (2.2L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
          • Notes
          • Using Scan Tool
          • Without Scan Tool
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings
          • Notes
          • Removal (Quick-Connect Fittings)
          • Installation
        • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Sender Unit & Float
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Rail & Injectors
          • Notes
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.0L)
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Tank
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank Draining
          • Notes
          • Vehicle On A Hoist
          • Vehicle On The Ground
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Throttle Body
          • Removal & Installation
      • Ignition Systems
        • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Electronic Ignition Module
          • Removal & Installation (2.2L)
          • Removal (3.0L)
          • Installation
        • Ignition Coil Housing (2.2L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Spark Plugs
          • Removal (2.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (3.0L)
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Air Pipe (2.2L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Pump (2.2L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Air Shut-Off Valve (2.2L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • EGR Solenoid Valve (3.0L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • EGR Valve (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP Canister
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP Vent Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Engine Control System - Sensor Range Charts
    • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Controls - Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
        • Fluid Capacity (Crankcase)
        • Fluid Capacity (Cooling System)
        • Fluid Capacity (Automatic Transaxle)
        • Fluid Capacity (Manual Transaxle)
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
        • Belt Tension
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition Systems
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
          • Firing Order (2.2L)
          • Firing Order (3.0L)
        • Ignition Timing
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression Test
          • Cylinder Leakage Test
          • Test Procedure
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition System
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - Self-Diagnostics
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
          • Hard Failures
          • Intermittent Failures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Pcm Location
      • Programming
        • Pcm Reprogramming
        • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Notes
          • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M system Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test (Cold Start)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance System DTCS
          • Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Mil Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0105: Map Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: ECT Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temp. Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135 Or P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0204: Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0301-P0304: Cylinders No. 1-4 Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0326: Knock Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" - Circuit Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0410: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: Evaporative Emission System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452: EVAP Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0453: EVAP Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Speed High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 Or P2610: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1137: Ho2S Lean Or Low Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1138: Ho2S Rich Or High Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1171: Fuel System Lean During Acceleration
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1599: Engine Stall Or Near Stall Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1640: Control Module Output Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • L200 & LW200
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
      • Air Induction Systems
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • BRAKELIGHT Switch
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Description
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid
        • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Idle Air Control Valve
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Control System
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
      • Emission Systems & Subsystems
        • Notes
        • EVAP Control System
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out Or Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Difficult To Fill
          • Over Fill
          • Pre-Mature Shut-Off Of Fuel Dispensing Nozzle
          • Fuel Spitback
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
        • Restricted Exhaust
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Additional Inspections
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression Test
          • Cylinder Leakage Test
          • Test Procedure
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition System
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - Self-Diagnostics
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
          • Hard Failures
          • Intermittent Failures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Pcm Location
      • Programming
        • Pcm Reprogramming
        • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Notes
          • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Variation Learn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M system Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test (Cold Start)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance System DTCS
          • Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Mil Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0105: Map Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: ECT Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temp. Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135 Or P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0204: Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0301-P0304: Cylinders No. 1-4 Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0326: Knock Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" - Circuit Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0410: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: Evaporative Emission System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452: EVAP Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0453: EVAP Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Speed High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 Or P2610: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Bank 1; Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1137: Ho2S Lean Or Low Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1138: Ho2S Rich Or High Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1171: Fuel System Lean During Acceleration
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1599: Engine Stall Or Near Stall Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1640: Control Module Output Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • L200 & LW200
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
      • Air Induction Systems
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • BRAKELIGHT Switch
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Description
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid
        • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Idle Air Control Valve
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Control System
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
      • Emission Systems & Subsystems
        • Notes
        • EVAP Control System
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out Or Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Difficult To Fill
          • Over Fill
          • Pre-Mature Shut-Off Of Fuel Dispensing Nozzle
          • Fuel Spitback
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
        • Restricted Exhaust
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Additional Inspections
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Controls - Theory & Operation
      • Introduction
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • A/C Request Signal
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
          • A/C Pressure Switches
          • A/C Temperature Sensors
          • Battery Voltage
          • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Crankshaft (7X) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Gear Switches
          • Generator "L" Light Circuit
          • Generator "F" Field Circuit
          • Ignition/Crank Signal
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • RPM Reference Signal
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • Air Injection System
          • Canister Purge Control Solenoid
          • Coil-Near-Plug Ignition
          • Computer Controlled Coil Ignition (C I)
          • Cooling Fan Relay
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Direct Ignition System
          • Electronic Variable Orifice Actuator
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • HOT Light Or Coolant Temperature (TEMP) Light
          • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Integrated Direct Ignition
          • Knock Sensor Operation
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Light
          • Shift Solenoids (Electronically-Controlled Transmission)
          • Throttle Actuator
          • Torque Converter Clutch
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cut-Off Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Idle Speed
          • Notes
          • Idle Air Control Valve
      • Ignition Systems
        • Electronic Ignition System
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
      • Emission Systems
        • Notes
        • Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • AIR Pump (Electric)
          • AIR Pump Relay
          • AIR Shut Off Valve
          • AIR Vacuum Control Solenoid
          • Check Valves
          • Inlet Filter
          • Plumbing
        • Catalytic Converter
          • Three-Way Catalytic Converter
        • Evaporative Emission Control
          • Notes
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Valve Leak Test
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
      • Self-Diagnostic Systems
        • Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Notes
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
        • Monitors
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Serial Data
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Electronic Variable Orifice Actuator
        • Hot Light Or Coolant Temperature Light
        • Transmission
          • Torque Converter Clutch (Electronic Transaxle/Transmission)
          • Electronic Transmission
          • Shift Light
          • Reverse Lockout
  • Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Vacuum Hose Routing
        • 2.2L (L200/LW200)
        • 3.0L (L300/LW300)
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing
        • 2.2l (L200/LW200) & 3.0L (L300/LW300)
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
      • Notes
      • ALERO, Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Grand Am, Grand PRIX, Impala, LESABRE, MALIBU, Monte CARLO, Park Avenue, Regal & SUNFIRE - 2.2L, AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Silhouette, SONOMA - 2.2L & Venture
      • Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, BRAVADA, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Corvette, Cutaway, DEVILLE, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, SATURN - 2.2L, SAVANA, SAVANA Camper Special, SAVANA Special, SEVILLE, Sierra, SILVERADO, SONOMA - 4.3L, Suburban, TAHOE, Trailblazer, VUE - 2.2L, YUKON & YUKON XL
    • Engine Control Module Or Powertrain Control Module
      • Notes
      • Service Programming System
        • Notes
        • Service Programming Methods
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Except Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Remote Procedure
        • Verifying Reprogramming
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Before Programming A Control Module
        • PCM Programming Set Up With Special Tool
        • Remote Programming
        • Programming Verification
      • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Remote Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing the Off Board Remote Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
    • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
      • SATURN (Ion) IAC Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN (L200 & LW200) IAC Relearn Procedure
    • Theft Deterrent System Components
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, AZTEK, BONNEVILLE, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, MONTANA, Park Avenue, Rendezvous, SEVILLE, Silhouette & Venture)
    • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN - 3.0L
    • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T40-E/4T45-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock Control DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.0L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transmission, Manual (Mu3) DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L VIN, 4 Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.0 L VIN, 6 Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • * Please Read This First *
      • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • Application
        • Notes
        • Introduction/Engine/VIN Id
      • Emission Applications
        • Notes
        • Emission Application Tables
      • Specifications
        • Notes
        • Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Adjustment
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Adjustments
      • Theory & Operation
      • Testing & Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Basic Diagnostic Procedures/Basic Testing
        • Self-Diagnostics/Tests W/Codes
        • Trouble Shooting - No Codes/Tests W/O Codes
        • System & Component Testing
      • Pin Voltage Charts
      • Sensor Range Charts
        • Notes
        • Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Removal, Overhaul & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams - Engine Performance
        • Notes
        • 2002 & Earlier
        • 2003 & Later
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
          • Measuring
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • General Information
          • General Procedures
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Maintenance Schedule Intervals
          • Footnotes
          • Engine Oil Scheduled Maintenance
          • Axle Boots, Suspension Bushings and Ball Joint Seal Inspection
          • Scheduled Maintenance
            • 10 000 km (6,000 mi)
            • 20 000 km (12,000 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
            • 40 000 km (24,000 mi)
            • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 80 000 km (48,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
            • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
            • 140 000 km (84,000 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 160 000 km (96,000 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 170 000 km (102,000 mi)
            • 175 000 km (105,000 mi)
            • 180 000 km (108,000 mi)
            • 190 000 km (114,000 mi)
            • 200 000 km (120,000 mi)
            • 210 000 km (126,000 mi)
            • 220 000 km (132,000 mi)
            • 225 000 km (135,000 mi)
            • 230 000 km (138,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (144,000 mi)
            • 250 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Draining and Refilling Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
            • 2.2L Four Cylinder, L61 Engine
            • 3.0L V6 L81 Engine
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and Replacement
          • Automatic Transaxle Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator Operation
          • Horn Operation
          • Brake System Operation
          • Restraint System Operation
          • Exhaust System Operation
          • Tire and Wheel Operation
          • Steering System Operation
          • Headlight Aim Adjustment
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level and Conditions
            • Fluid Level Checks
          • Tire Inspection
          • Hood Latch Operation
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Lamp Operation Check
            • Fluid Leak Check
            • Cassette Tape Player Care
          • Inspections to Complete After the Oil and Filter Have Been Changed
            • Notes
            • Brake System Inspection
            • Throttle Linkage Inspection
            • Transaxle Inspection
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Anti-Lock Brakes
            • Clutch System Service
            • Restraint System Check
            • Body Lubrication
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Movable Head Restraint Operation
            • Seatback Latch and Recliner Operation
            • Spare Tire and Jack Storage
            • Weatherstrip Lubrication
            • Key Lock Service
            • Brake Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI)
            • Wiper Blade Refill Kit
              • Notes
              • Starter Safety Switch Operation
              • Steering Column Lock Operation
            • Parking Brake and Transaxle Park
            • Underbody Cleaning
            • Underhood Cleaning
            • Engine Cooling System Inspection
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic System
          • Auto A/C Service Specifications
          • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
        • Manual System
          • Manual A/C Service Specifications
          • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
      • Axle Flange Nut
        • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
          • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
      • Battery
        • General Service
          • Battery Service Specifications
          • Battery Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
          • Brake Bleeding Service Specifications
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
          • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
        • Drum Brakes
          • Drum Brake Service Specifications
          • Drum Brake Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • General Service
          • Drive Belt Adjustment Specifications
          • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • General Service
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
          • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
          • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
          • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • 2.2L (L61)
          • Compression Specifications
          • Oil Pressure Specifications
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Tightening Specifications
        • 3.0L (L81)
          • Compression Specifications
          • Oil Pressure Specifications
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Tightening Specifications
      • Fluid Specifications
        • Notes
        • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
          • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel Pressure Specifications
          • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Filter Location
          • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
      • Ignition
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
          • Firing Order Specification
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Service Specifications
      • Starting
        • Starter Motor
          • Starter Service Applications
          • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut
          • Torque Specifications
          • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal (2000-2005)
          • Installation (2000-2005)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • HVAC Preliminary Checks
        • HVAC Vehicle Set-Up
          • Identifying Refrigerant Purity
          • Installing Manifold Gage Set
          • Performance Test - Service Stall
          • Performance Test - 72 Km/h (45 Mph) Road Test
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • High or Low Temperature Control Effort
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Pipe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Dehydrator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Drain Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Connector Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0130: Actuator
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0160, B0161, B0165, or B0166: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0185 or B0186: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0413: Air Temperature Actuator 5 Volt Reference Circuit Shorted To Ground, Voltage Or Open
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532, or P0533 (PCM, L61): A/C Pressure
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646, or P0647 (ECM, L81): A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L61)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L81)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L61)
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L81)
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Cam Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • Notes
            • HVAC Control Module - Automatic Climate Control
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • OFF Mode
            • Purge Operation
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • Notes
            • HVAC Control Module - Automatic Climate Control
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Inside Air Temperature Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Evaporator Low Ambient Protection (ELAP)
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor
            • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0530, P0532, or P0533 (PCM, L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L61)
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L81)
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L81)
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L61)
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Controller Face Plate/Knobs/Button Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Control Cable Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Mode Cam Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Assembly
            • Mode Actuator
          • Air Speed
          • Air Delivery
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Control
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Evaporator Low Ambient Protection (ELAP)
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Maintenance Schedule Intervals
          • Footnotes
          • Engine Oil Scheduled Maintenance
          • Axle Boots, Suspension Bushings and Ball Joint Seal Inspection
          • Scheduled Maintenance
            • 10 000 km (6,000 mi)
            • 20 000 km (12,000 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
            • 40 000 km (24,000 mi)
            • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 80 000 km (48,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
            • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
            • 140 000 km (84,000 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 160 000 km (96,000 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 170 000 km (102,000 mi)
            • 175 000 km (105,000 mi)
            • 180 000 km (108,000 mi)
            • 190 000 km (114,000 mi)
            • 200 000 km (120,000 mi)
            • 210 000 km (126,000 mi)
            • 220 000 km (132,000 mi)
            • 225 000 km (135,000 mi)
            • 230 000 km (138,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (144,000 mi)
            • 250 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Draining and Refilling Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
            • 2.2L Four Cylinder, L61 Engine
            • 3.0L V6 L81 Engine
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and Replacement
          • Automatic Transaxle Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator Operation
          • Horn Operation
          • Brake System Operation
          • Restraint System Operation
          • Exhaust System Operation
          • Tire and Wheel Operation
          • Steering System Operation
          • Headlight Aim Adjustment
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level and Conditions
            • Fluid Level Checks
          • Tire Inspection
          • Hood Latch Operation
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Lamp Operation Check
            • Fluid Leak Check
            • Cassette Tape Player Care
          • Inspections to Complete After the Oil and Filter Have Been Changed
            • Notes
            • Brake System Inspection
            • Throttle Linkage Inspection
            • Transaxle Inspection
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Anti-Lock Brakes
            • Clutch System Service
            • Restraint System Check
            • Body Lubrication
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Movable Head Restraint Operation
            • Seatback Latch and Recliner Operation
            • Spare Tire and Jack Storage
            • Weatherstrip Lubrication
            • Key Lock Service
            • Brake Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI)
            • Wiper Blade Refill Kit
              • Notes
              • Starter Safety Switch Operation
              • Steering Column Lock Operation
            • Parking Brake and Transaxle Park
            • Underbody Cleaning
            • Underhood Cleaning
            • Engine Cooling System Inspection
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Air Bag Restraint Systems
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Disabling System
        • Activating System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Head Impact)
        • Headliner (Head Impact)
          • Removal & Installation (Sedan)
          • Removal & Installation (Wagon)
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) (Wagon)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sir Coil Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR System Diagnostic Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Chart
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Warning Light Does Not Come On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0016: Passenger Deployment Loop Resistance Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0017: Passenger Deployment Loop Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0018: Passenger Deployment Loop Voltage Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022: Driver Deployment Loop Resistance Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0024: Driver Deployment Loop Voltage Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0026: Driver Frontal Deployment Loop Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0028: Right Curtain Deployment Loop Resistance Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0029: Right Curtain Deployment Loop Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0030: Right Curtain Deployment Voltage Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040: Left Curtain Deployment Resistance Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0041: Left Curtain Deployment Loop Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0045: Left Curtain Deployment Voltage Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunctions Present
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077: Left Sis Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0078: Right Sis Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0079: Incorrect Left Sis Installed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0080: Discard Left Sis
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0081: Incorrect Right Sis Installed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0082: Discard Right Sis
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: Internal SDM Failure
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear Outer (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear Outer (Wagon)
          • Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • LATCH System Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat System
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seat Belts
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
      • Seat Belt Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Seat Belt Component Views
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
      • Operational and Functional Checks
        • Notes
        • Emergency Locking Retractors
      • Symptoms - Seat Belts
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
      • Seat Belt Service Precautions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
      • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shoulder Belt Guide Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Outer
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear Outer (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear Outer (Wagon)
        • Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
        • Installation Procedure
      • LATCH System Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Wagon)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
        • Restraint System
        • Front Seat System
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L81)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (L81)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (W/L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (W/L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Front)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Rear)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Ride Diagnosis
            • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
            • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
            • Suspension Bottoms
            • Torque Steer
            • Memory Steer
            • Poor Directional Stability
            • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
            • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
            • Ball Joint Inspection
            • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
            • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the Bumper Heights
  • Rear Suspension
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Ride Diagnosis
            • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
            • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
            • Suspension Bottoms
            • Torque Steer
            • Memory Steer
            • Poor Directional Stability
            • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
            • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
            • Ball Joint Inspection
            • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
            • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the Bumper Heights
    • Suspension Rear
      • Torque Specifications
      • Repair Procedures
        • Lifting & Jacking The Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Fastener Notice
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Frame Bushing Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock, Shock Component And/Or Spring Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Trailing Arm Bushings Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description & Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description & Operation
        • General Description
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
          • Tools Required
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Compact Spare Tire Replacement
          • Compact Spare Tire
          • Wheels
            • Notes
            • Steel Wheel
            • Aluminum Wheel
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E - Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission (2.2L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission (3.0L)
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E - Diagnosis (DTC P0218 To DTC P0717)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • DTC P0218 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0218 (3.0 (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0500 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601 (3.0L (L81))
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0602 (3.0L (L81))
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0603 (3.0L (L81))
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0604 (3.0L (L81))
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0705 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0705 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E - Diagnosis (DTC P0719 To DTC P0757)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • DTC P0719 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0727 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0730
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0731 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0732 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0733 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0734 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E - Diagnosis (DTC P0758 To DTC P1847)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • DTC P0758
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1621 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1779 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1780 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
        • DTC P1791 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1792 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1795 (3.0L - L81)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1810 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1810 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1815 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1815 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1816 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1816 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1817 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1817 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1818 (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1818 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1831 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1833 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1842 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1843 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1845 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1847 (3.0L - L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E - Diagnosis (DTC P1860 To DTC P1887)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • DTC P1860 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1860 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1868 (3.0L (L81))
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1887 (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1887 (3.0L (L81))
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E - Service, Repair, Removal & Installation
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic (2.2L)
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic (3.0L)
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (3.0L)
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (2.2L (L61))
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (3.0L (L81))
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (2.2L (L61))
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (3.0L (L81))
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (2.2L (L61))
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (3.0L (L81))
      • Repair Instructions
        • Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Cable Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Shift Indicator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure (Old Switch)
          • Installation Procedure (New Switch)
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Pipe Seals Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Feed Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly/Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Axle Shaft Sleeve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
        • Stub Shaft Removal
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
        • Oil Pan and Gasket Removal
        • Oil Filter/Seal, Oil Level Control Valve Removal
        • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
        • Low and Reverse Servo Removal
        • Case Side Cover Removal
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump and Oil Pump Shaft Removal
        • Wire Harness Disconnect
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly and Gasket Removal
        • Spacer Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Checkball Removal
        • Manual Valve Clip Removal
        • Channel Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Accumulator Spring Removal
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates Removal
        • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
        • Direct/Coast Clutch and Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Input Carrier and Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
        • Forward Clutch and Low/Reverse Band Removal
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Output Shaft and Final Drive Assembly Removal
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Removal
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
        • Torque Converter Seal Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Actuator Guide Replacement
        • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
        • Torque Converter Seal Installation
          • Removal Procedure
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
        • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
        • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
        • Final Drive and Differential Assembly Install
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Inspect
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Low/Reverse Band Installation
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
        • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
        • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Direct and Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
        • Selective Washer Measurement and Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Installation
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
        • Second Clutch Plate Installation
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
        • Wiring Harness Connection
        • Input Speed Sensor Installation
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Disassemble
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
        • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Springs Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link Installation
        • Checkballs Installation
        • Spacer Plate and Gaskets Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Control Valve Assembly and Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Installation
        • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Low and Reverse Servo Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
        • Filter Assembly and Seal Installation
        • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
        • Oil Pan and Gasket Installation
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park)
          • Notes
          • Pressure Regulation
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
            • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
            • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
          • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Manual Valve
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Low and Reverse Servo
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Lube 2
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
            • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
          • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
        • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral)
          • Notes
          • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Manual Valve
            • Reverse Clutch
            • Boost Valve
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Low and Reverse Servo
        • Reverse
          • Notes
          • Pressure Regulation
            • Manual Valve
            • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Reverse Clutch
          • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
            • TCC Feed Limit Valve
            • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter
          • Cooler and Lube
            • Lube 1
            • Lube 2
        • Overdrive Range, First Gear
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Low and Reverse Band Releases
            • Low and Reverse Servo
          • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Forward Clutch
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
        • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
          • Notes
          • Second Clutch Applied
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
            • Second Clutch
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
        • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied
          • Notes
          • Direct Clutch Applies
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
            • Direct Clutch
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
        • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
          • Notes
          • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
        • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied
          • Notes
          • Line Pressure Increases
            • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Intermediate and Fourth Band Releases
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch
        • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range)
          • Notes
          • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
            • Manual Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
        • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third)
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
          • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Direct Clutch
            • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
            • 2-3 Accumulator
          • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
            • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
          • Pressure Control
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
        • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second)
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
            • Notes
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • Second Clutch Releases
            • Second Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
          • Intermediate Band Releases
            • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
          • Low and Reverse Band Applies
            • Low and Reverse Servo
        • Fluid Passages
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Electronic Component Description (Input)
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Transaxle Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
          • Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor
          • Input Shaft Speed (ISS) Sensor
          • Transaxle Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Assembly
            • Notes
            • Transaxle Range Switch
        • Electronic Component Description (Output)
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
          • Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Shift Solenoid: 1-2 and 2-3
          • Oil Level Control Valve
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E - Troubleshooting
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (SA 9165T)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • High or Low Line Pressure
        • Inaccurate/Inconsistent Shift Points
        • Harsh Shifts
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No First Gear, Slips in First Gear
        • No Second Gear, Slips in Second Gear
        • No Third Gear, Slips in Third Gear
        • Second Gear Only
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Loss of Drive
        • Loss of Power
        • Engine Stall
        • First and Second Gears Only
        • Third and Fourth Gears Only
        • First and Fourth Gears Only
        • Second and Third Gears Only
        • No Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • No Engine Braking; All Manual Ranges
        • No Engine Braking; Manual Second - Second Gear
        • No Engine Braking; Manual First - First Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • No Gear Selection
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • Fluid Foaming
        • Vibration
        • Noise
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply with Cold Engine
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
    • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T40-E/4T45-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle Overhaul & Testing - 4T40-E & 4T45-E
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Component Tests
        • Torque Converter Inspection
      • Transaxle Disassembly
        • Rear Section
        • Lower Section
        • Servo Assemblies
        • Case Side Cover
        • Output Shaft Sleeve
        • Oil Pump & Control Valve
        • Channel Plate, Gasket & Accumulators
        • Drive & Driven Sprockets, & Drive Link
        • Input Speed Sensor & Wiring Harness
        • Transaxle Case Components
      • Component Disassembly, Reassembly & Transaxle Reassembly
        • Notes
        • Transaxle Case
          • Cleaning & Inspection
          • Actuator Guide (Disassembly & Reassembly)
          • Drive Sprocket Support (Disassembly & Reassembly)
          • Transaxle Cooler Line Seals (Reassembly)
          • Manual Shaft, Detent Lever & Actuator Rod (Reassembly)
        • Differential & Final Drive
          • Disassembly & Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Output Shaft
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Forward Clutch Support & Low Roller Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Forward Clutch
          • Notes
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Input Internal Gear & Forward Clutch Hub
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reaction Internal Gear & Input Carrier
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Coast & Direct Clutch, & Reaction Carrier
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reverse Input Clutch & 2ND Roller Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Intermediate-4TH Band
          • Reassembly
        • 2ND Clutch Plates
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Drive Sprocket Support
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Input Speed Sensor & Wiring Harness
          • Reassembly
        • Drive & Driven Sprockets, & Drive Link
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Channel Plate
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Check Balls, Spacer Plate & Gaskets
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Control Valve Body
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Oil Pump
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Transaxle Side Cover & Gaskets
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Left & Right Axle Seals
          • Reassembly
        • Output Shaft Sleeve
          • Reassembly
        • Stub Shaft & Sleeve
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Intermediate-4TH & Low-Reverse Servos
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Oil Feed Tubes
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Oil Filter & Seal, & Oil Level Control Valve
          • Reassembly
        • Oil Pan & Gasket
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Torque Converter
          • Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
      • Transaxle Specifications
    • Removal & Installation - A/T
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Servicing - A/T
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Notes
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Levels
        • Fluid Diagnosis
          • Red Or Light Brown
          • Non-Transparent (Cloudy Or Milky Pink)
          • Foaming Fluid
          • Dark Brown
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Control Cable
        • Transaxle Range Switch
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Console
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control & Shift Solenoids
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Valve Body
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Intermediate/4TH Servo Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Feed Pipes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Level Control Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pump Assembly & Oil Pump Shaft
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Output Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Case Side Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Fluid Pressure Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Oil Cooler Line Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Oil Cooler Line Seals
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Oil Pan
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Range Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation (Using Old Switch)
          • Installation (Using New Switch)
      • Torque Specifications
    • Shift Lock Control
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2707: Gearshift Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2708: Gearshift Unlock Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Shift Indicator Replacement - Console Mounted
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lock Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Shift Lock Solenoid/Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transaxle Range Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure (Using Old Switch)
          • Installation Procedure (Using New Switch)
        • Transaxle Range Switch Adjustment
          • Tools Required
        • Shift Lock Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T40-E/4T45-E
    • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
• External Pages